Canon | IXUS 1100 HS | Quick Start Guide | Canon IXUS 1100 HS Quick start guide

Canon IXUS 1100 HS Quick start guide
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫‪CEL-SS2BA2M0‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﺰﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺼﻴﻠﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪.Manuals Disk‬‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﻗﺴﻢ ”ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ“ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺁﻣﻦ؛ ﻟﺘﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻘﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺑﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻋﺒﻮﺓ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﺠﺪ ﺃﻳًﺎ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﺗﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺸﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻨﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪NB-9L‬‬
‫)ﻣﺰﻭﺩﺓ ﺑﻐﻄﺎء ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﺔ(‬
‫ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫‪IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫‪CB-2LB/CB-2LBE‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺼﻢ‬
‫‪WS-DC10‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪Solution Disk‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﺮﺹ ‪.DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ )ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ(‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻣﻌﺮﻓﺔ ﺍﻷﺳﺎﺳﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺈﺗﻘﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﻴﺰﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻌﺪﺩﺓ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺭﻭﻋﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﺮﻓﻘﺔ )ﺹ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫• ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﻓﻴﺮ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ‪ Adobe Reader‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪ .PDF‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‬
‫‪ Microsoft Word/Word Viewer‬ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﺑﺘﻨﺴﻴﻖ ‪) Word‬ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻟﻸﺩﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﻮﻋﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺮﻕ ﺍﻷﻭﺳﻂ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻂ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺮﻳﺒﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺒﺪﺋﻴﺔ ﻭﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ؛ ﻟﻠﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﻼﺣﻈﺔ ﺃﻥ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ ‪ Canon Inc.‬ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺮﻛﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﻟﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺆﺳﺴﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻟﻔﺮﻋﻴﺔ ﻭﻣﻮﺯﻋﻴﻬﺎ ﻟﻴﺴﻮﺍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﻦ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺗﺒﻌﻴﺔ ﺗﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺃﻱ ﺧﻠﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻲ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ‪ -‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ -‬ﻭﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻓﺸﻞ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﺔ ﻟﻠﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻌﺪﺓ ﻟﻼﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺗﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺇﺫﻥ ﺳﺒﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺎﻟﻚ ﺣﻖ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﻣﺤﺪﺩﺓ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻨﺘﻬﻚ ﻧﺴﺦ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻤﺎﻝ ﺃﻭ ﻋﺮﻭﺽ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪ -‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺁﺧﺮ ‪ -‬ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺣﻘﻮﻗﺎ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺑﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﺸﺨﺼﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺮﺟﻮﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺕ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻋﻤﻼء ‪ ،Canon‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﻃﻼﻉ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺍﻹﻗﻠﻴﻤﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪.Canon‬‬
‫ﺗﻢ ﺇﻧﺘﺎﺝ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﻨﻴﻊ ﻓﺎﺋﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﺪﻗﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺒﻠﻎ ﻧﺴﺒﺔ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺒﻜﺴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ‬
‫‪ ٪٩٩٫٩٩‬ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺻﻔﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻦ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻭﺣﺪﺍﺕ ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻣﻠﺔ ﺃﺣﻴﺎ ًﻧﺎ ﻛﻨﻘﺎﻁ ﻓﺎﺗﺤﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻳﻌﺪ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫ﺧﻠﻼ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﻻ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻐﻠﱠﻔﺔ ﺑﻐﻼﻑ ﺭﻗﻴﻖ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻼﺳﺘﻴﻚ ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺘﻬﺎ ﺿﺪ ﺍﻟﺨﺪﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻐﻠﻴﻒ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻼﻑ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺹ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ؛ ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻫﻴﻜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫ﺧﻠﻼ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﺺ ﻟﺘﻤﺜﻴﻞ ﺃﺯﺭﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻣﻔﺎﺗﻴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ] [ )ﺃﻗﻮﺍﺱ ﻣﺮﺑﻌﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﻣﻌﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﺼﺎﺋﺢ ﻻﺳﺘﻜﺸﺎﻑ ﺍﻷﺧﻄﺎء ﻭﺇﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺗﻠﻤﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﺓ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺿﺎﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫)ﺹ ‪ :(xx‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺟﻌﻴﺔ )ﺣﻴﺚ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ”‪ “xx‬ﺇﻟﻰ ﺭﻗﻢ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻔﺘﺮﺽ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺗﻬﺎ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺇﺟﻤﺎﻻ ﺑﻤﺼﻄﻠﺢ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻢ ﺍﻹﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺤﺔ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﺩﺍﺋﻤًﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺻﺤﻴﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺇﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻦ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺼﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻚ ﻭﺍﻵﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ً‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ ﻭﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻷﺩﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻣﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻣﻠﺤﻖ ﻳﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺬﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻹﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺧﻄﻴﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻮﻓﺎﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻗﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻋﻴﻦ ﺍﻷﺷﺨﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﻀﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻹﺿﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺼﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺧﺎﺹ‪ ،‬ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺍﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻣﺴﺎﻓﺔ ﻣﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺍﺣﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﻞ ﺑﻌﻴ ًﺪﺍ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻌﻴﺪًﺍ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﻝ ﺍﻷﻃﻔﺎﻝ ﻭﺍﻟﺼﻐﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ :‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺭﻗﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﻔﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺧﺘﻨﺎﻗﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺤﺎﻭﻝ ﺗﻔﻜﻴﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻠﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﻠﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺇﺳﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻪ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻟﺘﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﻋﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺻﺪﻭﺭ ﺩﺧﺎﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺍﺋﺤﺔ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻳﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺬﻳﺒﺎﺕ ﻋﻀﻮﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺤﻮﻝ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﻨﺰﻳﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﻨﺮ ﻟﺘﻨﻈﻴﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﻤﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻠﻤﺎء )ﻣﺜﻞ ﻣﻴﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺒﺤﺮ( ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺴﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺳﻮﺍﺋﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻷﺟﺰﺍء ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻠﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺑﻠﻞ ﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻠﻪ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﺸﺮ ﻣﻮﺯﻉ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺃﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ‬
‫ﺩﻋﻢ ﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻟﻬﺐ ﻣﺒﺎﺷﺮ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻌﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﺼﻔﺔ ﺩﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ ﺟﺎﻓﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﻭﺍﻻﺗﺴﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺠﻤﻊ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻭﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺠﺰء ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺟﻲ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻊ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺑﻴﺪﻳﻦ ﻣﺒﺘﻠﺘﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺑﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺗﺘﺠﺎﻭﺯ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺪﱠﺭﺓ ﻟﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺤﻘﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻠﻜﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺇﺩﺧﺎﻟﻪ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻲ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺣﺘﻜﺎﻙ ﺍﻷﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﺑﻚ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻔﺎﺗﻴﺢ( ﺑﺎﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻴﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺇﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﻌﻴﻦ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻔﻢ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺠﻠﺪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻐﺴﻠﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﺎء ﻏﺰﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻔﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺘﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﻊ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺪﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ ﻭﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺤﻈﺮ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻷﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺍﻹﻟﻜﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﺋﺮﺍﺕ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﻓﻖ ﺍﻟﻄﺒﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ‪/‬ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﻻ ﻳﺪﻋﻢ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺎﻉ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﺎﺩﺭﺓ ﻋﻦ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻗﺮﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺸﻐﻞ ﺃﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﻣﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺻﻮﺗﻴﺔ )ﻣﺸﻐﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺳﻴﻘﻰ( ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺳﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﺫﻥ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﻊ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﻹﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﻋﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻺﺻﺎﺑﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻌﺮﻳﻀﻬﺎ ﻟﺼﺪﻣﺎﺕ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻫﺘﺰﺍﺯﺍﺕ ﻗﻮﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻮﻃﻪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺭﺗﻄﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﻘﻮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺘﻪ ﺑﺄﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻼﺑﺴﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﺃﻭ ﻭﺿﻌﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻷﺷﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﻳﺔ‬‫ ﺍﻷﻣﺎﻛﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﺿﺔ ﻟﺪﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٤٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﻣﺌﻮﻳﺔ‬‫‪ -‬ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺍﻟﺮﻃﺒﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺴﺨﺔ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺒﺐ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭﻫﺎ؛ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺻﺪﻣﺔ ﻛﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ﻭ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺮﻭﻕ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺇﺻﺎﺑﺎﺕ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺆﺩﻱ ﺩﺭﺟﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺗﻔﻌﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺸﻮﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺗﻐﻠﻴﻒ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﺴﺒﺐ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍﺋﺢ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﺰﻋﺎﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
‫ﻳُﺸﻴﺮ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻣﺼﺎﺩﺭ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﻃﻌﺔ )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﻮء ﺍﻟﺸﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﻳﻮﻡ ﺳﺎﻃﻊ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ ﻣﺴﺘﺸﻌﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﻃﺊ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻱ ﻣﻮﻗﻊ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻟﻠﺮﻳﺎﺡ‪ ،‬ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﻤﺎﺡ ﺑﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻱ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻛﻤﻴﺎﺕ ﻗﻠﻴﻠﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺪﺧﺎﻥ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻧﺎﺗﺞ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺜﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺗﻮﻫﺞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻭﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﻐﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﺼﻘﺔ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻗﻄﻌﺔ ﻗﻤﺎﺵ‬
‫ﻗﻄﻨﻴﺔ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻷﺗﺮﺑﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻐﺒﺎﺭ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻏﺮﻳﺒﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺤﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﻭﺗﻠﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪.‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻨﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻔﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ ﺑﺴﺒﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺮﺏ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻷﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺑﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﺯﻟﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﻴﺚ ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﺣﺘﻜﺎﻛﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺩ ﻣﻌﺪﻧﻴﺔ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺃﻱ ﺷﻲء‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﻼﺑﺲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻘﺪﻣﺔ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻣﺘﺼﻠﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﻭﺗﺸﻮﻫﻬﺎ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻀﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻷﻟﻴﻔﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﻗﻀﻢ ﺍﻟﺤﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺍﺭﺗﻔﺎﻉ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺗﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﻨﺘﺞ ﻋﻨﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺣﺮﻳﻖ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﺠﻠﺲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻴﺒﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﺒﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼﻣﺴﺔ ﺍﻷﺷﻴﺎء ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺒﺔ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺈﺭﻓﺎﻕ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺷﻴﺎء ﺻﻠﺒﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﻗﺼﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺩﺍء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻔﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪٦‬‬
‫ﺟﺪﻭﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺒﻮﺓ ‪٢ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺮﺃ ﻣﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ‪٣ ............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﺻﻄﻼﺣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺪﻟﻴﻞ ‪٣ .................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺴﻼﻣﺔ ‪٤ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪/‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪٧ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ‪٨ ......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪٩ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‪١١ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ‪١٢ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٣ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ‪١٥ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪١٧ .......................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪١٨ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪١٩ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪٢٠ .......................................................................(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪٢٤ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ ‪٢٥ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ‪٢٦ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‪٢٧ .............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ‪٢٩ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ‪٣٠ ...............................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‪/‬ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻭﻟﻔﻪ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺳﻘﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻳﺪﻳﻚ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ ﺟﺴﺪﻙ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺣﻤﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻣﻦ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺃﻥ ﺃﺻﺎﺑﻌﻚ ﻻ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻖ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺗﺘﻴﺢ ﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﻠﻤﺴﺔ ﺇﺻﺒﻊ ﺑﺴﻴﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻭﺟﻴﺰﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳُﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻠﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺨﺘﻠﻔﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﺒﺮﻫﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺒﱠﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺣﺴﺎﺳﺔ ﻟﻠﻀﻐﻂ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﺍﻕ ﻟﻠﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺃﺗﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺇﺟﺮﺍء ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺑﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺟﻴﺪﺓ؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺠﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺒﻚ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﺎﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ‬
‫ﻹﺟﺮﺍء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻟﻤﺜﺒﺖ ﻓﻲ ﺗﻨﻔﻴﺬ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺗﺠﻨﺐ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﻳﺔ ﺃﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻷﻗﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺠﺎﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺮﺻﺎﺹ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﺮﺓ ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﻮﺍﺟﻪ ﺻﻌﻮﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻌﻨﺎﺻﺮ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺯﺭﺍﺭ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﺣﻴﺚ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺷﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻭﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺸﺮﺍء‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﻚ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪CB-2LB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪،‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺤﺎﺫﺍﺓ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﻲ‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) ( ﻭﻷﺳﻔﻞ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫(‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺎﺣﻦ ‪ :CB-2LB‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺴﺤﺐ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ )‬
‫ﻭﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺹ ﺑﺸﺎﺣﻦ ‪ :CB-2LBE‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺳﻠﻚ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻑ ﺍﻵﺧﺮ ﺑﻤﺄﺧﺬ ﻃﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ ،CHARGE‬ﻭﻳﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻀﻲء ﻣﺼﺒﺎﺡ ‪ FULL‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪CB-2LBE‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﻣﺄﺧﺬ ﺍﻟﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺧﺮﺝ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ) ( ﻭﻷﻋﻠﻰ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﻃﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻨﻬﺎ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺗﺰﻳﺪ ﻋﻦ ‪ ٢٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﺻﻠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﻜﻨﺔ‪/‬ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ*‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ*‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ*‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ١٧٠‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﻳﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻌﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﺎﺱ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﻴﺌﺔ )‪.Camera & Imaging Products Association (CIPA‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺪء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻓﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻠﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٣‬ﺗﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻤُﺪﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﺘﻜﺮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻟﻠﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﻘﻞ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻭﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺆﺷﺮ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺭﺳﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻺﺷﺎﺭﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺨﺺ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪ ً‬
‫ﻛﺎﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻠﻴﻼ‪ ،‬ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻪ ٍ‬
‫)ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺍﻷﺣﻤﺮ(‬
‫”ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪“.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﻨﻔﺪﺓ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‪...‬‬
‫• ﺗﺰﺍﻳﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺎﺥ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ؟‬
‫ﻭﻫﺬﺍ ﻳﻌﺘﺒﺮ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺨﺼﺎﺋﺺ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﻻ ﻳﺸﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻔﺨﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻣﻌﻪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺒﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻻﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺄﺣﺪ ﻣﻜﺎﺗﺐ ‪ Canon‬ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻋﻢ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﻼء‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ؟‬
‫ﻟﻘﺪ ﻭﺻﻠﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﻤﺮ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺮﺍء ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﺑﻔﻌﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺸﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ ﻓﻴﻪ ﺃﻭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻴﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻖ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﻲ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪:‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻔﺮﻳﻎ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻭﺇﺧﺮﺍﺟﻬﺎ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻲ ﻭﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺨﺰﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺍﺕ ﺯﻣﻨﻴﺔ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ )ﻣﺎ ﻳﻘﺮﺏ ﻣﻦ ﻋﺎﻡ( ﺩﻭﻥ ﺗﻔﺮﻳﻐﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﻋﻤﺮﻫﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻳﺆﺛﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺩﺍﺋﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺷﺎﺣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺭﺝ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺣﻦ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﺑﻬﺎ ﺗﻴﺎﺭ ﻣﺘﺮﺩﺩ ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﺟﻬﺪﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﻲ ﻣﻦ ‪ ٢٤٠ - ١٠٠‬ﻓﻮﻟﺖ )‪ ٦٠/٥٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻣﻼءﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﻟﻠﻤﺄﺧﺬ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻓﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻻ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻮﻻﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﻬﺮﺑﺎﺋﻴﺔ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺴﻔﺮ ﻟﻠﺨﺎﺭﺝ؛ ﻷﻧﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﺆﺩﻱ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺣﺪﻭﺙ ﺗﻠﻒ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﺩﻧﺎﻩ ﺩﻭﻥ ﻗﻴﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪*SD‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪*SDHC‬‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪SDXC‬‬
‫*‬
‫• ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫* ﺗﺘﻮﺍﻓﻖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻫﺬﻩ ﻣﻊ ﻣﻌﺎﻳﻴﺮ ‪ .SD‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﻧﻮﻉ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻌﺮﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪SDXC‬‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺃﺣﺪ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻗﺮﺍءﺓ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﺳﻮﺍﻕ‪ .‬ﻓﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻟﺘﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ً SDXC‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﻻ ﻧﻀﻤﻦ ﺩﻋﻢ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺘﺞ ﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﻼﺳﻠﻜﻲ(‪ .‬ﻭﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺃﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﻜﻠﺔ‬
‫ﺗﺘﻌﻠﻖ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻﺣﻆ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻳﺠﺐ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ ﻻﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻠﺪﺍﻥ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻻ ﻳُﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺿﺢ ﻣﺎ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻗﺪ ﺗﻤﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺍﻓﻘﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﻨﱢﻌﺔ ﻟﻠﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻘﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء )‬
‫( ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺤﻪ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ‪ ،‬ﻭﺇﻻ ﻓﻠﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺴﻬﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ )ﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺣﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻠﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻗﻔﻞ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻠﺴﺎﻥ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء )‬
‫( ﻭﺍﻓﺘﺤﻪ )‬
‫(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻗﻔﻠﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ .‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺆﺩﻱ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺢ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻠﻒ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻏﻠﻖ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء ) (‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻜﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻳﺴﺘﻘﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻧﻪ ) (‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﺧﺮﺍﺝ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺩﻓﻊ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺴﻤﻊ‬
‫ﺻﻮﺕ ﻧﻘﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺣﺮﺭﻫﺎ ﺑﺒﻂء‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮﻑ ﺗﺒﺮﺯ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﻌﻨﻲ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ]ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ؟‬
‫ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻥ ﻟﺴﺎﻥ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺘﺎﺑﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﻔﻞ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻣﻘﻔﻠﺔ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻟﻦ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﻟﻜﻞ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ 1231‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫‪ 16‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫‪ 5042‬ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ ﻭﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﺔ ﻋﺪﺩ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺹ ‪.(٢٠‬‬
‫‪١٤‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻥ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺍﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺍﻷﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻷﻭﻝ ﻣﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻠﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪ ،‬ﻓﺘﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺿﺒﻄﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺨﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺿﺒﻄﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪.op‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪ op‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﻛﻤﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ^‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺼﺤﻴﺤﻴﻦ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﻓﻴﻬﺎ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﻗﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺼﻴﻔﻲ )ﺇﺿﺎﻓﺔ ﺳﺎﻋﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١٥‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪ ،H‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺗﻴﻦ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ‪ ٣‬ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺗﻴﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ١٥‬ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ^ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫• ﺗﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﻟﻠﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ )ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﻴﺔ( ﺗﺴﻤﺢ ﺑﺎﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺈﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ‪ ٣‬ﺃﺳﺎﺑﻴﻊ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺇﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺣﺰﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺸﺤﻮﻧﺔ ﺃﻭ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﻃﺎﻗﻢ ﻣﺤﻮﻝ ‪) AC‬ﻳﺒﺎﻉ‬
‫ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻼ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻦ‬
‫ﺷﺤﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻓﻲ ‪ ٤‬ﺳﺎﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻨﻔﺎﺩ ﺑﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺭﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ١٥‬ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﻭﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٦‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪ n‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻟﻐﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ^‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺇﻏﻼﻕ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪n‬؟‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪ H‬ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻟﻐﺔ ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ ‪ ،H‬ﺛﻢ ‪ .n‬ﻭﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪ 3‬ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]ﺍﻟﻠﻐﺔ‬
‫[‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺳﺒﻘﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺟﻤﻴﻊ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻔﻮﻇﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺘﻬﺎ )ﺑﺪء ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻣﻬﺎ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻟﻌﺪﻡ ﺇﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﺩﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻤﺴﻮﺣﺔ‪ ،‬ﱠ‬
‫ﻓﺘﻮﺥ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤُﻀﻤﻦ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪ ،H‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ‪.n‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.3‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺗﺄﻛﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[ ﻟﺒﺪء ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﺳﺎﻟﺔ ]ﺍﻛﺘﻤﻠﺖ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﺗﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺒﻴﺎﻧﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﻬﺎ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺇﺩﺍﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻔﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ‬
‫ﺣﺬﺭﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻞ ﻣﻠﻜﻴﺔ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻨﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻭﻋﻨﺪ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻀﻤﻦ ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺗﻬﺎ ﺗﻤﺎﻣًﺎ‪ .‬ﻛﻦ ً‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺍﺗﺨﺬ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻀﺮﻭﺭﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﻄﻴﻢ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﻓﻌﻠﻴًﺎ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﺴﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺨﺼﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺴﻌﺔ ﺍﻹﺟﻤﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻬﻴﺌﺔ ﺃﻗﻞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤُﺸﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻴﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺟﺮﺍء ﻣﺴﺢ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﺾ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﻟﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﺎﻧﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻻ ﺗﻌﻤﻞ‬
‫ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﻀﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪/‬ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺍءﺓ ﺑﺒﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺃﻭ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺍﻧﺨﻔﻀﺖ ﺳﺮﻋﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻤﺮ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﻣﻔﺎﺟﺊ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺗﺄﻛﺪ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ً‬
‫ﺃﻭﻻ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ )ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ( ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻴﻪ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻻﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺗُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻜﺎﻥ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ )ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﻟﻼﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪،‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﺎﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻋﺪﻡ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻞ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ؟‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻻﺧﺘﻼﻑ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻨﺎ ًء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻳﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪.‬‬
‫• ً‬
‫• ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﻥ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﺪ ﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮﺍ ﻷﻧﻪ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺮﻛﻬﺎ ﻟﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻣﺎ ﻋﻠﻴﻚ ﺇﻻ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫‪٤‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.ON/OFF‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺪء‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪.A‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘُﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺿﻮﺿﺎ ًء‬
‫ﺧﻔﻴﻔﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ ﻓﻲ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﻤﻮﺍﺯﻧﺔ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺮﻛﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺗﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺣﻮﻟﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺷﺮﻃﺔ ﺳﻮﺩﺍء ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻦ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪) i‬ﻟﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻘﺮﺑﺔ(‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻤﺎ ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ‪ .‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﺭﺍﻉ ﺑﺎﺗﺠﺎﻩ ‪) j‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﻌﺔ( ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻣﻤﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺠﻌﻠﻪ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺃﺻﻐﺮ‪) .‬ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻌﺮﺽ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻠﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻳﺼﺪﺭ ﻋﻨﻬﺎ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺻﻔﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﻗﻴﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﻀﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ‪ AF‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻄﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻳﻄﺎﺭ‪AF‬‬
‫‪٥‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻻﺕ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﺪﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺘﻴﻦ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ‬
‫ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ )ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻟﻀﻤﺎﻥ ﺳﻬﻮﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺍﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮ ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺴﻪ ﺑﺈﺻﺒﻌﻚ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ )ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺭﻓﻊ ﺇﺻﺒﻌﻚ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺻﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻐﺎﻟﻖ ﻭﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ .‬ﺳﻴﺘﻐﻴﺮ‬
‫ﻹﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﻤﻞ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﺑﻨﻔﺲ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻘﻮﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ H‬ﺛﻢ ‪ n‬ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ]ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ[ ﻓﻲ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺒﻮﻳﺐ ‪.4‬‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻤﺲ ^‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻤﻄﻠﻮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻋﻠﻴﻪ )‪ AF‬ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ(‬
‫‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻣﻊ‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻟﻐﺎء ﺗﻨﺸﻴﻂ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻤﺲ )‬
‫ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻮﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺍﻻﺣﺘﻔﺎﻅ ﺑﺪﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‬
‫)ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪ .‬ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻞ ﻟﻠﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﺃﻓﻌﻞ ﻋﻨﺪ‪...‬‬
‫• ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺃﻟﻮﺍﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﺳﻄﻮﻋﻬﺎ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻊ؟‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪) G‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺤﺼﻞ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻨﺘﺎﺋﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﻮﻗﻌﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫• ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺑﻴﻀﺎء ﻭﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻮﺟﻴﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻧﺤﻮ ﻫﺪﻑ؟‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺑﻴﺾ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻮﺟﻪ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﻄﺘﻪ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺑﻴﻨﻤﺎ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺭﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻭﺟﻪ‬
‫ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﺘﺘﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﻣﻌﻴﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ ﺇﺫﺍ ﺗﺤﺮﻛﺖ ﺍﻷﻫﺪﺍﻑ‪ ،‬ﻓﺴﺘﺨﺘﻔﻲ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺎﺩﻳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺒﻘﻰ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻓﻘﻂ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺎﺫﺍ ﻳﺤﺪﺙ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﺗﺮﻳﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﻩ؟‬
‫ﻓﺠﺮﺏ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻤﻂ ‪G‬‬
‫ﺭﺑﻤﺎ ﻟﻢ ﺗﻠﺘﻘﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺨﻠﻔﻴﺔ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﺣﺪﺙ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﱢ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺇﻃﺎﺭ ﺃﺯﺭﻕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻁ ﻫﺪﻑ ﻣﺘﺤﺮﻙ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ )ﺑﺆﺭﺓ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴﺔ(‪.‬‬
‫؟‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺣﺎﻣﻞ ﺛﻼﺛﻲ ﺍﻟﻘﻮﺍﺋﻢ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﻻ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻭﺍﺿﺤﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺩﺍﻛﻨﺔ ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﻌﻴﺪ ﻟﻠﻐﺎﻳﺔ ﺑﺤﻴﺚ ﻳﺼﻌﺐ ﻭﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺇﻟﻴﻪ‪ .‬ﻳﺘﺮﺍﻭﺡ ﻧﻄﺎﻕ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ ﺍﻟﻔﻌﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﻢ – ‪ ٣٫١‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ (j‬ﻭ‪ ١٫٧ – ١٫٠‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ﺣﺪ ﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﺔ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻗﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺟ ًﺪﺍ‪ .‬ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻻﺗﺴﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺰﺍﻭﻳﺔ )‪ ،(j‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻻﺑﺘﻌﺎﺩ ﻋﻦ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺑﻤﻘﺪﺍﺭ ‪ ١‬ﺳﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺑﺘﻌﺪ ﻟﻤﺴﺎﻓﺔ ‪ ١‬ﻡ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ ﻋﻦ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻋﻨﺪﻣﺎ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﺘﻘﺮﻳﺐ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﺮﺑﺔ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺇﺿﺎءﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ؟‬
‫ﻟﺘﻘﻠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻌﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺮﺍء ﻭﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﻋﺪﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻳﻀﻲء ﺍﻟﻤﺼﺒﺎﺡ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﺎﻃﻖ ﻣﻨﺨﻔﻀﺔ ﺍﻹﺿﺎءﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻣﻴﺾ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ h‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ؟‬
‫ﺟﺎﺭﻱ ﺷﺤﻦ ﺍﻟﻔﻼﺵ‪ .‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺸﺤﻦ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻈﺎﻫﺮﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﺭﻣﺰ ﻧﻤﻂ ‪ IS‬ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ”ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﺎﻫﺪ“ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ( ﻭ”ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ﻧﻤﻂ ‪) “IS‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻢ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﺴﺤﺐ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺎﺭ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ‬
‫ﺗﺪﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﺴﺮﻯ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪ q‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﻌﻜﺲ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻨﻰ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺟﻬﺔ ﺍﻟﻴﻤﻴﻦ(‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪ r‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺘﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺃﻱ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻷﻗﺪﻡ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻷﺣﺪﺙ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ﺃﻛﺒﺮ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪،qr‬‬
‫ﻭﻟﻜﻨﻬﺎ ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﺩﻳﺌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﺮﺍﺟﻊ ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻣﺮﻭﺭ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺗﺮﺍﺟﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺪﺳﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺇﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻀﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺯﺭ ﺍﻹﻏﻼﻕ ﺟﺰﺋﻴًﺎ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﺤﻮﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٤‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﻨﺸﻂ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪ ،‬ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﺑﺮﻓﻖ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﻳﻠﻲ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺣﺮﺹ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﺮﺑﺎﻁ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻌﺼﻤﻚ ﻭﺍﻹﻣﺴﺎﻙ ﺑﺎﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻟﻤﻨﻊ ﺗﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ ﻟﻠﺴﻘﻮﻁ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺳﺘﻨﺎ ًﺩﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻃﺮﻳﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻨﻘﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﺒﺪﻝ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻻﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﺴﺎﺑﻘﺔ‬
‫ﺇﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ q‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﻳﺴﺎﺭ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻭﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻮﺿﺢ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )ﺹ ‪ ،(٢٤‬ﻓﺴﺘﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺳﺮﻳﻌًﺎ‪ .‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻛﺲ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪.r‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺴﺤﺒﻬﺎ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻦ ﺧﻼﻝ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ q‬ﺃﻭ ‪ r‬ﻣﻊ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻣﺸﻮﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٥‬‬
‫ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻭﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ ﺑﻤﻌﺪﻝ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻓﻲ ﻛﻞ ﻣﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻭﺍﻟﺮﺟﺎء ﺍﻟﻌﻠﻢ ﺃﻧﻪ ﻻ ﻳﻤﻜﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻌﺎﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻳﺘﻢ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﻓﻌﻠﻴﻚ ﺗﻮﺧﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺬﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻓﻲ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ ﺁﺧﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ ﻟﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺤﻬﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ ،H‬ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ‪ ،a‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ﻋﻨﺼﺮ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ]ﺍﻣﺴﺢ؟[ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﺍﻣﺴﺢ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻣﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻺﻧﻬﺎء ً‬
‫ﺑﺪﻻ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺢ‪ ،‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ ]ﺇﻟﻐﺎء[‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ً‬
‫ﺃﻳﻀﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺇﺟﺮﺍءﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻠﻤﺲ ﻟﻤﺴﺢ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٦‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺳﺘﻘﻮﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﻭﻇﺮﻭﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﺗﺤﺪﻳﺪ ﺃﻓﻀﻞ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﻟﻠﻤﺸﻬﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‬
‫ﺑﺼﻴﻐﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﻻﺳﺘﻤﺮﺍﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻟﻔﺘﺮﺓ ﻃﻮﻳﻠﺔ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺮﺗﻔﻊ ﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺓ ﺟﺴﻢ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﻴﺲ ﺫﻟﻚ ً‬
‫ﺧﻠﻼ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺒﻘﻲ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ‪ A‬ﻭﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﻣﻦ ‪ ١‬ﺇﻟﻰ ‪ ٣‬ﻓﻲ ﺹ ‪ ٢٠‬ﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻘﻖ ﻣﻦ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺧﻼﻟﻪ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺘﻐﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻭﺿﻊ ﻣﻞء ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻄﻘﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﻭﺍﺣﺪﺓ ﻭﺳﻴﺒﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﻛﻞ ﻣﻦ ]‪ [ Rec‬ﻭﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺍﻟﻠﻘﻄﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺰ ﻭﺍﻟﺴﻄﻮﻉ ﻭﺩﺭﺟﺔ ﺍﻟﻠﻮﻥ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ ﺍﻟﻤﻨﻘﻀﻲ‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻠﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺼﻌﺐ ﺳﻤﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺠﻞ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻐﻄﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﻴﻜﺮﻭﻓﻮﻧﺎﺕ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻻ ﺗﻘﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺜﻨﺎء ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺳﺘﺼﺪﺭ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺻﻮﺕ ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ ﻣﺮﺗﻴﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﻠﻘﺎﺋﻴًﺎ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻣﺘﻼء ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺃﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻳﺆﺩﻱ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﻚ ﺫﺭﺍﻉ ﺍﻟﺘﻜﺒﻴﺮ‪/‬ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺗﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﻬﺪﻑ ﺃﻭ ﺗﺼﻐﻴﺮﻩ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺃﺻﻮﺍﺕ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪ ،A‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺹ ﺑﺎﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﺪﺩ )ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﻟﻦ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﻮﺯ ”ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺤﺮﻛﺔ“‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻈﺮﻭﻑ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻄﺎﺑﻖ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﻣﻊ ﺍﻟﻤﺸﻬﺪ ﺍﻟﺤﻘﻴﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ‬
‫• ﺇﺫﺍ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺍﻟﺘﺮﻛﻴﺐ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻭﻟﻢ ﻳﻜﻦ ﺗﻮﺍﺯﻥ ﺍﻷﺑﻴﺾ ﻣﺜﺎﻟﻴًﺎ‪ ،‬ﻓﺎﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫)ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ((‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺪﺃ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﻣﺮ ًﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭﺓ ﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺣﺘﻰ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﻣﻔﺘﺎﺡ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻷﻭﺿﺎﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) 4‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ‬
‫• ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺑﻠﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ(‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ‬
‫‪ ٤‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ١٤‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٣٤‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫‪ ١٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺣﻮﺍﻟﻲ ‪ ٥٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﺔ ﻭ‪ ٤٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﺔ‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺘﻤﺪ ﺃﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻹﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻻﻓﺘﺮﺍﺿﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻫﻮ ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺘﺴﺠﻴﻞ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺇﺫﺍ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﺤﺪ ﺍﻷﻗﺼﻰ ﻟﻄﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻤﻘﻄﻊ ﻓﻲ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ .‬ﻳُﻮﺻﻰ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ ‪ SD Speed Class 6‬ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺘﺼﻮﻳﺮﻫﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﻟﺪﺧﻮﻝ ﺇﻟﻰ ﻧﻤﻂ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪.1‬‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ﻓﻴﻠﻤًﺎ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻋﺒﺮ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻻﺧﺘﻴﺎﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺤﺐ ﻷﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﻭ ﻷﺳﻔﻞ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﻟﻀﺒﻂ ﻣﺴﺘﻮﻯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺃﺛﻨﺎء ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻭﺳﺘﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻮﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺍﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪.‬‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﻧﺘﻬﺎء ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ‪ ،‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫ﻛﻴﻒ ﺃﻗﻮﻡ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ؟‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ )ﺹ ‪.(٣١‬‬
‫• ﻋﻨﺪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﺓ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﻘﻂ ﺍﻹﻃﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﻭﻗﺪ ﻻ ﻳﺘﻢ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻠﻪ ﺑﺴﻼﺳﺔ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺕ ﻓﺠﺄﺓ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﱠﺩ ﻟﻨﺴﺦ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺮﺓ ﺃﺧﺮﻯ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺑﻄﺎﻗﺔ ﺍﻟﺬﺍﻛﺮﺓ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻔﻴﻠﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ .‬ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺘﻠﻔﺎﺯ‪ ،‬ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻷﻛﺒﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻨﺔ ﻟﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﻗﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻟﺘﻘﺎﻃﻬﺎ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﺠﺎ ﻣﻀﻤ ًﻨﺎ ﻣﻊ ﺇﺣﺪﻯ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍﺕ ‪ Canon‬ﺍﻟﺮﻗﻤﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺍﻷﺧﺮﻯ‪،‬‬
‫ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‪ .‬ﺇﺫﺍ ﻛﻨﺖ ﺗﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺑﺎﻟﻔﻌﻞ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻓﻘﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻻﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺤﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺘﻄﻠﺒﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(CPU‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺑﻤﺎ ﻓﻲ ﺫﻟﻚ ‪(SP1‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista SP2‬‬
‫‪Windows XP SP3‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ًَ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﱠﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‪ Pentium‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ١٫٣‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ‬
‫‪ ٢٫٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ٦٤‬ﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ :‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ٣٢) Windows 7‬ﺑﺖ(‪ ،‬ﻭﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ٦٤) Windows Vista‬ﺑﺖ‪ ٣٢ ،‬ﺑﺖ(‪:‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ٥١٢ :Windows XP‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ‬
‫ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨ × ١،٠٢٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫* ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows XP‬ﻳﺠﺐ ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ‪ Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0‬ﺃﻭ ﺇﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﺃﺣﺪﺙ‬
‫)ﺑﺤﺪ ﺃﻗﺼﻰ ‪ ٥٠٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ(‪ .‬ﻗﺪ ﺗﺴﺘﻐﺮﻕ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻗﺖ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﻣﻜﺎﻧﻴﺎﺕ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٤٢٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ*‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫ﻃﺮﺍﺯ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺣﺪﺓ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺎﻟﺠﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻛﺰﻳﺔ‬
‫)‪(CPU‬‬
‫ﺫﺍﻛﺮﺓ ﺍﻟﻮﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﻟﻌﺸﻮﺍﺋﻲ‬
‫)‪(RAM‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺎﺣﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺘﺎﺣﺔ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻌﺮﺽ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫)‪Mac OS X (v10.5 – v10.6‬‬
‫ﻳﺠﺐ ﺃﻥ ﻳﻜﻮﻥ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺬﻛﻮﺭ ﺃﻋﻼﻩ ً‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﺘﺎ ًَ‬
‫ﻣﺴﺒﻘﺎ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺃﺟﻬﺰﺓ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺰﻭﱠﺩﺓ ﺑﻤﻨﺎﻓﺬ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻌﺎﻟﺞ ‪) Intel‬ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ Core 2 Duo‬ﺑﺴﺮﻋﺔ ‪ ٢٫٦‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪ ١ :Mac OS X v10.6‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪ ٥١٢ :Mac OS X v10.5‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻠﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﺜﺎﺑﺘﺔ( ﻭ‪ ٢‬ﺟﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ )ﻟﻸﻓﻼﻡ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫‪ ٤٨٠‬ﻣﻴﺠﺎ ﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻛﺜﺮ‬
‫‪ ٧٦٨ × ١،٠٢٤‬ﺑﻜﺴﻞ ﺃﻭ ﺃﻋﻠﻰ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻢ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ Windows Vista‬ﻭ)‪ Mac OS X (v10.5‬ﻓﻲ ﻫﺬﻩ ﺍﻟﺘﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﺍﻟﻤﺰﻭﱠﺩ )ﻗﺮﺹ ‪DIGITAL‬‬
‫‪) (CAMERA Solution Disk‬ﺹ ‪ (٢‬ﻓﻲ ﻣﺤﺮﻙ‬
‫ﺍﻷﻗﺮﺍﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻃﺔ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻭﺿﻊ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻓﻲ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ‪،Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ﺭﻣﺰ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪ .‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ﻟﻔﺢ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫]‪/Easy Installation‬ﺗﺜﺒﻴﺖ ﺳﻬﻞ[‪ ،‬ﻭﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪ ،[Install‬ﺛﻢ ﺗﺒﻊ‬
‫ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﻌﺮﻭﺿﺔ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﻟﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻨﺎﻓﺬﺓ ]‪/User Account Control‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﺘﺤﻜﻢ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺤﺴﺎﺏ ﺑﻮﺍﺳﻄﺔ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻣﻴﻦ[ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ‬
‫‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻹﺭﺷﺎﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﺗﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‬
‫ﻟﻠﻤﺘﺎﺑﻌﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﻜﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Restart‬‬
‫ﺇﻋﺎﺩﺓ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ[ ﺃﻭ ]‪/Finish‬ﺇﻧﻬﺎء[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪[Finish‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺍﻟﺘﺜﺒﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﺯﺍﻟﺔ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻘﺮﺹ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻐﻮﻁ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ﺷﺎﺷﺔ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻭﻋﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻓﺘﺢ ﺍﻟﻐﻄﺎء‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﺼﻐﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ )ﺹ ‪(٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺈﺣﻜﺎﻡ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﻨﻬﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﻄﺮﻓﻴﺔ ﻟﻠﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺿﺢ‪.‬‬
‫ﺃﺩﺧﻞ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺑﺲ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻴﺮ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺒﻞ ﺍﻟﻮﺍﺟﻬﺔ ﻓﻲ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻟﻼﻃﻼﻉ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻣﻨﻔﺬ ‪ USB‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﺨﺪﻡ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﻓﻖ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻟﻔﺘﺢ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪Downloads‬‬
‫‪Images From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ [Canon CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﻇﻬﻮﺭﻩ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ‪ .‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﺳﻴﻈﻬﺮ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻋﻨﺪ ﺇﻧﺸﺎء ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‬
‫ﻭﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻗﻢ ﺑﻨﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ[‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪Import‬‬
‫‪/Untransferred Images‬ﺍﺳﺘﻴﺮﺍﺩ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻟﻢ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ[‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﺳﻴﺘﻢ ﻓﺮﺯ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺴﺐ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭﺣﻔﻈﻬﺎ ﻓﻲ ﻣﺠﻠﺪﺍﺕ ﻣﻨﻔﺼﻠﺔ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻣﺠﻠﺪ‬
‫ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻟﻌﺮﺿﻬﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻨﺪ ﺍﻛﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪ ،‬ﻗﻢ ﺑﺈﻏﻼﻕ ‪،CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ﺍﺿﻐﻂ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺍﻟﺰﺭ ‪ 1‬ﻹﻳﻘﺎﻑ ﺗﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪ ،‬ﺛﻢ ﻗﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻔﺼﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺒﻞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻠﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻔﺎﺻﻴﻞ ﺣﻮﻝ ﻛﻴﻔﻴﺔ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ‬
‫ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍﺟﻊ ﺩﻟﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪،Windows‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻘﺎﺋﻤﺔ ]‪/Start‬ﺍﺑﺪﺃ[ ﺛﻢ ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪/All Programs‬ﻛﺎﻓﺔ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ[‪ ،‬ﻳﻠﻴﻬﺎ ]‪[Canon Utilities‬‬
‫ﺛﻢ ]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﺛﻢ ]‪.[CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﻋﺪﻡ ﻇﻬﻮﺭ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﻌﺪ ﺍﺗﺒﺎﻉ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺓ ‪ ٢‬ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪،Macintosh‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ‪) Dock‬ﺍﻟﺸﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﺬﻱ ﻳﻈﻬﺮ ﺃﺳﻔﻞ ﺳﻄﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﻜﺘﺐ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻟﻨﺴﺒﺔ ﻟﻨﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ‪ ،Windows 7‬ﺍﺗﺒﻊ ﺍﻟﺨﻄﻮﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ ﻟﻌﺮﺽ ‪.CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺷﺮﻳﻂ ﺍﻟﻤﻬﺎﻡ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﺮﻣﺰ‬
‫ﻟﺘﻌﺪﻳﻞ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺸﺎﺷﺔ ﺍﻟﺘﻲ ﺗﻈﻬﺮ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻻﺭﺗﺒﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺧﺘﺮ ]‪/Downloads Images From Canon Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺰﻳﻞ ﺻﻮﺭ ﻣﻦ ﻛﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ‪ ،[Canon CameraWindow‬ﺛﻢ ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ﻓﻮﻕ ]‪/OK‬ﻣﻮﺍﻓﻖ[‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻘﺮﺍ‬
‫‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺰﺩﻭﺟﺎ ﻓﻮﻕ‬
‫ﺍﻧﻘﺮ ً‬
‫ً‬
‫ﻳﻤﻜﻨﻚ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺣﺘﻰ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﺨﺪﺍﻡ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﺔ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﺑﺎﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ ﺑﻤﺠﺮﺩ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ‬
‫ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ .‬ﻭﻣﻊ ﺫﻟﻚ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﺟﺪ ﺍﻟﻘﻴﻮﺩ ﺍﻟﺘﺎﻟﻴﺔ‪.‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﻜﻮﻥ ﻫﻨﺎﻙ ﻋﺪﺓ ﺩﻗﺎﺋﻖ ﻓﻴﻤﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ ﺑﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﺍﻟﻜﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺣﺘﻰ ﺗﺘﻤﻜﻦ ﻣﻦ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﺘﻘﻄﺔ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺍﻟﺮﺃﺳﻲ ﻓﻲ ﺍﺗﺠﺎﻩ ﺃﻓﻘﻲ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻳﺘﻢ ﻓﻘﺪ ﺇﻋﺪﺍﺩﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﺤﻤﺎﻳﺔ ﺍﻟﺨﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺎﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﻋﻨﺪ ﻧﻘﻠﻬﺎ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺟﻬﺎﺯ ﻛﻤﺒﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﺗﺤﺪﺙ ﻣﺸﺎﻛﻞ ﻓﻲ ﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺃﻭ ﻣﻌﻠﻮﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺑﺸﻜﻞ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻹﺻﺪﺍﺭ ﻧﻈﺎﻡ ﺍﻟﺘﺸﻐﻴﻞ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻡ‬
‫ﺃﻭ ﺣﺠﻢ ﺍﻟﻤﻠﻒ ﺃﻭ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﺍﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤُﺴﺘﺨﺪَﻣﺔ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺪ ﻻ ﺗﺘﻮﻓﺮ ﺑﻌﺾ ﺍﻟﻮﻇﺎﺋﻒ ﺍﻟﻤﻮﺟﻮﺩﺓ ﻓﻲ ﺍﻟﺒﺮﻧﺎﻣﺞ ﺍﻟﻤﻀﻤﻦ‪ ،‬ﻣﺜﻞ ﺗﺤﺮﻳﺮ ﺍﻷﻓﻼﻡ ﻭﻧﻘﻞ ﺍﻟﺼﻮﺭ ﺇﻟﻰ ﺍﻟﻜﺎﻣﻴﺮﺍ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﺒﻴﻪ‬
ً ‫ ﺗﺨﻠﺺ ﻣﻦ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﻤﺴﺘﻌﻤﻠﺔ‬.‫ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻻﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻓﻲ ﺣﺎﻟﺔ ﺍﺳﺘﺒﺪﺍﻝ ﺍﻟﺒﻄﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺑﻨﻮﻉ ﻏﻴﺮ ﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ‬
.‫ﻭﻓﻘﺎ ﻟﻠﻮﺍﺋﺢ ﺍﻟﻤﺤﻠﻴﺔ‬
‫ﺇﺷﻌﺎﺭﺍﺕ ﺍﻟﻌﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﻟﺘﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ‬
.SD-3C, LLC. ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺔ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺧﺎﺻﺔ ﺑﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬SDXC ‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
.‫ ﻣﺪﻣﺠﺔ ﺑﻪ‬Microsoft ‫ ﺍﻟﻤﺮﺧﺼﺔ ﻣﻦ ﺷﺮﻛﺔ‬exFAT ‫ﻳﺤﺘﻮﻱ ﻫﺬﺍ ﺍﻟﺠﻬﺎﺯ ﻋﻠﻰ ﺗﻘﻨﻴﺔ‬
‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ‬High-Definition Multimedia Interface‫ ﻭ‬HDMI ‫ ﻭﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬HDMI ‫ﻳﻌﺪ ﺍﻻﺳﻢ‬
.HDMI Licensing LLC. ‫ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﺃﻭ ﻋﻼﻣﺎﺕ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺔ ﻣﺴﺠﻠﺔ ﻟﺸﺮﻛﺔ‬
.Apple Inc. ‫ ﻫﻤﺎ ﻋﻼﻣﺘﺎﻥ ﺗﺠﺎﺭﻳﺘﺎﻥ ﻟﺼﺎﻟﺢ‬iFrame ‫ ﻭﺭﻣﺰ‬iFrame ‫ﺷﻌﺎﺭ‬
•
•
•
•
MPEG-4 ‫ﺣﻮﻝ ﺗﺮﺧﻴﺺ‬
This product is licensed under AT&T patents for the MPEG-4 standard
and may be used for encoding MPEG-4 compliant video and/or decoding
MPEG-4 compliant video that was encoded only (1) for a personal and
noncommercial purpose or (2) by a video provider licensed under the AT&T
patents to provide MPEG-4 compliant video.
No license is granted or implied for any other use for MPEG-4 standard.
.‫* ﻳﺘﻢ ﻋﺮﺽ ﺍﻹﺷﻌﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻟﻠﻐﺔ ﺍﻹﻧﺠﻠﻴﺰﻳﺔ ﻛﻤﺎ ﻫﻮ ﻣﻄﻠﻮﺏ‬
٣٤
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺗﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪ DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﻤﻠﻪ ﺑﺨﺶ ”ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ“ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺤﻞ ﺍﻣﻨﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﻳﻨﺪﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺎﺭﺳﻰ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻗﻼﻡ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭼﻴﺰی ﮐﻢ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻭﺷﻨﺪﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻭ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ‪NB-9L‬‬
‫)ﺑﺎ ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ(‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫‪IFC-400PCU‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫‪CB-2LB/CB-2LBE‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ ﻣﭽﯽ‬
‫‪WS-DC10‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪Solution Disk‬‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪Canon‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪ DIGITAL CAMERA Manuals Disk‬ﻧﻴﺰ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ )ﻫﻤﻴﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ(‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﮑﻪ ﺍﺻﻮﻝ ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻳﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺘﻌﺪﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﺟﺬﺍﺏ ﺗﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(١١‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ ،PDF‬ﺑﻪ ‪ Adobe Reader‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ‪ ،Word‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ‪ Microsoft Word/WordViewer‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻭﺭﻣﻴﺎﻧﻪ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺍﺳﺖ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺯﻣﺎﻳﺸﯽ ﺍﻭﻟﻴﻪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ‪ ،Canon Inc.‬ﻭ ﺷﺮﮐﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻓﺮﻋﯽ ﻭ ﻭﺍﺑﺴﺘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﮔﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺁﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻗﺒﺎﻝ ﺧﺴﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﭘﯽ ﺁﻳﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺷﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺱ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺎﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺑﻪ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﺍی ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺷﻴﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﻣﺴﺌﻮﻟﻴﺘﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﭘﺬﻳﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺪﻑ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻈﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﻧﻘﺾ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻱ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﮐﺴﺐ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪﻩ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺟﺮﺍﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﺍﻳﯽ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺨﻄﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺣﻖ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺣﻘﻮﻕ ﻗﺎﻧﻮﻧﯽ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﺰﺑﻮﺭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺨﺼﯽ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻓﺘﺮﭼﻪ ﻃﺮﺡ ﺿﻤﺎﻧﺖ ‪ Canon‬ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ‪ LCD‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺗﮑﻨﻴﮏ ﻫﺎی ﻓﻮﻕ ﺍﻟﻌﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﻗﻴﻖ ﺳﺎﺧﺖ‪ ،‬ﺗﻮﻟﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﻴﺶ‬
‫ﺍﺯ ‪ ٪٩٩٫٩٩‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‪ ،‬ﻃﺒﻖ ﻣﺸﺨﺼﺎﺕ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﻭﻗﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮی ﺑﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ ‪ LCD‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺭﻭﮐﺶ ﭘﻼﺳﺘﻴﮑﯽ ﻧﺎﺯک ﭘﻮﺷﺎﻧﺪﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﺣﻤﻞ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻘﺎﺑﻞ‬
‫ﺧﺮﺍﺷﻴﺪﮔﯽ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﭘﻮﺷﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﮐﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺪﻧﻪ ﺁﻥ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﮐﻠﻴﺪﻫﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺘﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ] [ )ﮐﺮﻭﺷﻪ( ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻴﺐ ﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫‪ :‬ﻧﮑﺎﺗﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ :‬ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﮑﻤﻴﻠﯽ‬
‫)ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ :(xx‬ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺭﺟﺎﻉ )”‪ “xx‬ﺷﻤﺎﺭﻩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ(‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺑﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﻫﻤﻪ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﻮﺍﻉ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻠﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ‪،‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮔﻔﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪CANON INC.‬‬
‫‪30-2, Shimomaruko 3-chome, Ohta-ku, Tokyo 146-8501, Japan‬‬
‫‪CANON EUROPA N.V.‬‬
‫‪Bovenkerkerweg 59-61, 1185 XB Amstelveen, The Netherlands‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﻴﺸﻪ ﺍﻃﻤﻴﻨﺎﻥ ﺣﺎﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﺎﺕ ﺑﻌﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻣﻨﻈﻮﺭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻤﺎ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﻭ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎﻫﺎی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻫﺮ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﺸﺪﺍﺭ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺟﺪی ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮگ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻼﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮑﯽ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺍﻓﺮﺍﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﭼﺸﻢ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻴﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ ﻭﻳﮋﻩ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻻﺵ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﺍﻗﻞ ‪ ١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﺮﺱ ﮐﻮﺩﮐﺎﻥ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺯﺍﺩﺍﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ‪ :‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭ ﮔﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻮﺩک ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺧﻔﮕﯽ ﺍﻭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺰﺍی ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻢ ﺟﺪﺍ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺳﺘﮑﺎﺭی ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻧﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﻴﻔﺘﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻫﺮ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﻭﺩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻮی ﻋﺠﻴﺒﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮی ﻏﻴﺮ ﻋﺎﺩی ﻋﻤﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺣﻼﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻟﯽ ﻣﺜﻞ ﺍﻟﮑﻞ‪ ،‬ﺑﻨﺰﻳﻦ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺗﻴﻨﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ )ﻣﺜﻼ ﺁﺏ ﺩﺭﻳﺎ( ﻳﺎ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻣﺎﻳﻌﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﯽ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺧﻴﺲ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺗﻮﺯﻳﻊ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪Canon‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﻮﺭﺕ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺷﻌﻠﻪ ﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻢ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﺮ ﭼﻨﺪ ﻭﻗﺖ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ ﺧﺸﮏ‪،‬ﻫﺮﮔﻮﻧﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ‬
‫ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﻲ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺎﻭﺭ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻤﻴﺰ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺧﻴﺲ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﻃﻮﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﺧﺮﻭﺟﯽ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺟﺎﻧﺒﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ ﮐﺸﯽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻴﻮﺏ ﺑﻮﻥ ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﻓﻠﺰی )ﻣﺜﻞ ﺳﻨﺠﺎﻕ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ( ﺑﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻨﻔﺠﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﻧﺸﺖ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻃﺮﺍﻑ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻧﺸﺖ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻟﻴﺖ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﭼﺸﻢ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﺩﻫﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﭘﻮﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﺭﺍً ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺁﺏ ﻓﺮﺍﻭﺍﻥ ﺑﺸﻮﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻣﻮﺍﺝ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻣﻐﻨﺎﻃﻴﺴﯽ ﻣﻨﺘﺸﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﻮﺳﻂ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻟﻮﺍﺯﻡ ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻭ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎ ﺗﺪﺍﺧﻞ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻫﻬﺎی ﺍﻟﮑﺘﺮﻭﻧﻴﮑﯽ ﻣﻤﻨﻮﻉ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻫﻮﺍﭘﻴﻤﺎﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﻤﺎﺭﺳﺘﺎﻧﻬﺎ ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻻﺯﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺳﯽ ﺩی)ﻫﺎی( ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﮐﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺻﻮﺗﯽ )ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻨﺪﻩ ﻣﻮﺳﻴﻘﯽ( ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺑﻠﻨﺪ ﺍﺯ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻫﺪﻓﻮﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺷﻨﻮﺍﻳﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﻋﻼﻭﻩ ﺑﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻠﻨﺪﮔﻮﻫﺎی ﺷﻤﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺁﻥ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﺿﺮﺑﺎﺕ ﻳﺎ ﺗﮑﺎﻧﻬﺎی ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺷﻴﺎء ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﮔﻴﺮ ﻧﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﻳﺎ ﻟﺒﺎﺱ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺳﻮﺧﺘﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺩﺭ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪:‬‬
‫ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻌﺮﺽ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺷﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬‫ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺣﺮﺍﺭﺕ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ۴٠‬ﺩﺭﺟﻪ ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﮔﺮﺍﺩ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬‫‪ -‬ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺮﻃﻮﺏ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺸﺘﯽ‪ ،‬ﺩﺍﻍ ﺷﺪﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺘﺎً ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺮﻕ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﮕﻲ‪،‬‬
‫ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی‪ ،‬ﺳﻮﺧﺘﮕﯽ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻣﺎی ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺷﮑﻞ ﻣﺤﻔﻈﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻳﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺟﻠﻮﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﻼﻳﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﻧﺎﺭﺍﺣﺘﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻝ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﻭﺳﻴﻠﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﻣﻨﺎﺑﻊ ﻧﻮﺭ ﺩﺭﺧﺸﺎﻥ )ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺭﺷﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺁﺳﻤﺎﻥ ﺻﺎﻑ( ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﭼﻨﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺴﮕﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺳﺎﺣﻞ ﻳﺎ ﻳﮏ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﻓﺎﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ ﺷﻦ ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻋﺎﺩی‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﮐﯽ ﺩﻭﺩ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻣﺘﺼﺎﻋﺪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺍﻣﺮ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻠﺖ ﮔﺮﻣﺎی ﺯﻳﺎﺩ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ ﻭ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﭼﺴﺒﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺟﻠﻮﻳﯽ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺳﻮﺯﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺮﺍﻱ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮔﺮﺩ ﻭ ﻏﺒﺎﺭ‪ ،‬ﺁﻟﻮﺩﮔﯽ ﻳﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻭ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﮔﺮﻣﺎ ﻭ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮔﻮﺵ ﭘﺎک ﻛﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﺑﻤﺎﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺛﺮ ﻧﺸﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﻣﻪ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻳﻨﮑﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎی ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﭼﺴﺐ ﻳﺎ ﺳﺎﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻋﺎﻳﻖ ﺑﭙﻮﺷﺎﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻣﻮﺍﺩ ﻓﻠﺰی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻫﻴﭻ ﭼﻴﺰی‪ً ،‬‬
‫ﻣﺜﻼ ﭘﺎﺭﭼﻪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﻫﺎ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ ﻭ ﺍﺧﺘﻼﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ‬
‫ﻭ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻬﺎﻳﺖ ﺁﺗﺶ ﺳﻮﺯﻱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺣﻴﻮﺍﻧﺎﺕ ﺧﺎﻧﮕﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮔﺎﺯ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﺸﺖ‪ ،‬ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﺣﺪ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﺁﻥ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﻨﺠﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺁﺗﺶ‬
‫ﺳﻮﺯی ﻳﺎ ﻣﺼﺪﻭﻣﻴﺖ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻴﺒﺘﺎﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻨﺸﻴﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﮐﻴﻒ ﻣﯽ ﮔﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﺟﺴﺎﻡ ﺳﺨﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﺎ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻴﭻ ﺷﯽء ﺳﺨﺘﯽ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪۶‬‬
‫ﻓﻬﺮﺳﺖ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻨﺪی ‪٢ .............................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻄﺎﻟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ‪٣ ..........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﻮﺍﻋﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎ ‪٣ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻳﻤﻨﯽ ‪۴ .......................................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‪/‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‪٧ ...........................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ‪٨ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‪٩ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪١١ ..............................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ‪١٢ ........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪١٣ ................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ‪١۵ ....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‪١٧ ...............................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪١٨ ........................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪١٩ ...................................................................................‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪٢٠ ....................................................................... (Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪٢۴ .........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ‪٢۵ ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ‪٢۶ .....................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ‪٢٧ ..............................................................................................‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‪٢٩ ...........................................................................................‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ‪٣٠ .............................................................‬‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻨﺪ‪/‬ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ‬
‫• ﺑﻨﺪ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﭻ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﭙﻴﭽﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﻨﺎﺭﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺖ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺯﻭﻫﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺳﻔﺖ ﮐﻨﺎﺭ ﺑﺪﻥ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺘﺎﻥ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺟﻠﻮی ﻓﻼﺵ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻨﺪ‬
‫‪٧‬‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﻤﺎ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺳﺎﺯﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺨﺘﺼﺮﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﻫﻤﭽﻮﻥ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺨﺘﻠﻒ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻴﻞ ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺪ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺰﺭگ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻧﺴﺒﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺣﺴﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻆ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﻲ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻧﺪﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺧﻮﺏ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺏ ﻋﻤﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻣﺘﺼﻞ ﺑﻪ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻓﻘﻂ ﺍﺯ ﺿﺎﻣﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺍﺷﻴﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﻳﺎ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﻫﺎ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٨‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺧﺮﻳﺪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺯﻳﺮﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪CB-2LB‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺭﺍﺳﺘﺎ‬
‫ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ) ‪( ١‬‬
‫ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ) ‪ ،( ٢‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ :CB-2LB‬ﺩﻭ ﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ ) ‪ ( ١‬ﻭ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ) ‪.( ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ :CB-2LBE‬ﺳﻴﻢ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﺮ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ‪ CHARGE‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺁﻏﺎﺯ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ‪ FULL‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﻭ ‪ ۵٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻣﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪CB-2LBE‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﺑﺮﻕ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻥ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ) ‪ ( ١‬ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﻃﺮﻑ ﺑﺎﻻ ) ‪،( ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭﺁﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﻔﺎﻇﺖ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ‪ ٢۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ‬
‫ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٩‬‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺴﻬﺎی ﺍﺣﺘﻤﺎﻟﯽ‪/‬ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪١٧٠‬‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ٣٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ۵٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‬
‫ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ*‬
‫ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی*‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ*‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫*‪ ١‬ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﮔﻴﺮی )‪Camera & Imaging Products Association (CIPA‬‬
‫”ﺍﻧﺠﻤﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻻﺕ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ“ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٢‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ‪ ،‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻭ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻭ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻋﻤﻠﻴﺎﺗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫*‪ ٣‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻳﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺗﻮﻗﻒ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺴﺘﮕﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﻳﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺯ ﺍﻋﺪﺍﺩ ﺫﮐﺮ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺸﺎﻧﮕﺮ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﻳﺎ ﭘﻴﺎﻡ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻪ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺢ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻗﺮﻣﺰ ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ( ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫”ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪“.‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﻳﺠﺎﺩ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻳﮏ ﻭﻳﮋﮔﯽ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺍﺳﺖ ﻭ ﻧﺸﺎﻧﻪ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺮﺁﻣﺪﮔﯽ ﺗﺎ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﭘﻴﺪﺍ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺟﺎی ﻧﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺑﺎ ﻣﺮﮐﺰ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﺸﺘﺮﻳﺎﻥ ‪ Canon‬ﺗﻤﺎﺱ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻋﻤﺮ ﮐﺎﺭی ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﺧﺮﻳﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٠‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻭ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ‬
‫• ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺭﻭﺯی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﺁﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺭﻭﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻃﺒﻴﻌﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﭼﮕﻮﻧﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺷﻮﺩ‪:‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ‬
‫ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺭی ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺮﺍی ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ )ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ﻳﮏ ﺳﺎﻝ( ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺁﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻃﻮﻝ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺮ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﺗﺎﻩ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺮ ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺁﻥ ﺗﺄﺛﻴﺮ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭ ﻧﻴﺰ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺷﺎﺭژﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﺟﺮﻳﺎﻥ ﺑﺮﻕ ﻣﺘﻨﺎﻭﺏ ‪ ١٠٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٢۴٠‬ﻭﻟﺖ )‪ ۵٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ۶٠‬ﻫﺮﺗﺰ( ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺮﻳﺰ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺧﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻳﮏ ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺩﻭﺷﺎﺧﻪ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﺮﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﺭﺟﯽ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﺒﺪﻝ ﻫﺎی ﺑﺮﻕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﻋﺚ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺩﻳﺪﻥ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺳﺎﺯﮔﺎﺭ )ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*SD‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪*SDHC‬‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪SDXC‬‬
‫*‬
‫• ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫* ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﺎﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩﻫﺎی ‪ SD‬ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻣﺎﺭک ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺍﻥ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﺯﺍﺭ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SDXC‬ﺷﻨﺎﺧﺘﻪ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SDXC‬ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪Eye-Fi‬‬
‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﻣﺤﺼﻮﻝ ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺷﺎﻣﻞ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﯽ ﺳﻴﻢ( ﺭﺍ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺸﮑﻞ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪ ،Eye-Fi‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ‪ Eye-Fi‬ﺩﺭ ﺑﺴﻴﺎﺭی ﺍﺯ ﮐﺸﻮﺭﻫﺎ ﻭ ﻣﻨﺎﻃﻖ‪ ،‬ﻧﻴﺎﺯ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪﻳﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻣﺠﺎﺯ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﻧﻴﺴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺎﺣﻴﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺧﻴﺮ‪ ،‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺳﺎﺯﻧﺪﻩ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺩﺭ ﻣﻴﺎﻥ ﺑﮕﺬﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١١‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ) ‪ ( ١‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ) ‪.( ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻄﻤﺌﻦ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻭﮔﺮﻧﻪ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ ،( ١‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ) ‪.( ٢‬‬
‫ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺁﻭﺭﺩﻥ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﻴﮑﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﯽ ﭘﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٢‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺯﺑﻴﻨﯽ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﻫﺎ‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻠﻐﺰﺍﻧﻴﺪ ) ‪ ( ١‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ) ‪.( ٢‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻫﻤﺎﻧﻄﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﺷﺘﺒﺎﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﺳﻴﺐ ﺑﺮﺳﺎﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ) ‪ ( ١‬ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻐﺰﺍﻧﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎی ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ ) ‪.( ٢‬‬
‫ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻳﮏ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺗﻖ ﺑﺸﻨﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﺭﺍﻡ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻫﺎ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﻣﯽ ﭘﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٣‬‬
‫ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ]ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺖ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺍﺑﺮ ﻧﻮﺷﺘﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﻗﻔﻞ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪] ،‬ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻗﻔﻞ ﺍﺳﺖ[ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﻲ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﯽ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫‪ 4‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪1231‬‬
‫‪ 16‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪5042‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎ‬
‫• ﻣﻘﺎﺩﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﮔﺮﻓﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺘﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻌﺪﺍﺩ‬
‫ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﻗﺎﺑﻞ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪.(٢٠‬‬
‫‪١۴‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺨﺴﺘﻴﻦ ﺑﺎﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‬
‫ﻫﺎ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻫﺎی ﺛﺒﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ON/OFF‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺰﻳﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻧﻈﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ op‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ‪ op ،‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫^ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ،ON/OFF‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻣﺠﺪﺩ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺻﺤﻴﺢ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻧﮑﺮﺩﻩ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻫﺮ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪٢‬‬
‫)‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺑﻪ ﺟﻠﻮ( ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎﺑﺴﺘﺎﻧﯽ‬
‫‪١۵‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻓﻌﻠﯽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،H‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ ٢‬ﻭ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ١۵‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫^ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‬
‫• ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ )ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﭘﺸﺘﻴﺒﺎﻧﯽ( ﺩﺍﺭﺩ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺎ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٣‬ﻫﻔﺘﻪ‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻋﻪ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﺍﻫﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻭﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺎ ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻳﺎ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﮏ ﮐﻴﺖ ﺁﺩﺍﭘﺘﻮﺭ ‪) AC‬ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺟﺪﺍﮔﺎﻧﻪ ﻓﺮﻭﺧﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺩﺭ ﻃﯽ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ۴‬ﺳﺎﻋﺖ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ‪/‬ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ١۵‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١۶‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ^ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺑﺴﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ n‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ H ،‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ n‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ H‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ n‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺯﺑﺎﻥ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻮی ]ﺯﺑﺎﻥ‬
‫[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٧‬‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﻗﺒﻞ ﺍﺯ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺟﺪﻳﺪ ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ )ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی( ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ‪) Eye-Fi‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪١٨‬‬
‫ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ،H‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ n‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻟﺐ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 3‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ]ﻗﺎﻟﺐ[‪ ،‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﻗﺎﻟﺐ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫]ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪] ،‬ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺷﺪ[‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪] .‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺻﺮﻓﺎً ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﻣﺪﻳﺮﻳﺖ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻀﻤﻴﻦ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﮐﻪ ﻣﺤﺘﻮﻳﺎﺕ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺧﺘﻦ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻗﺪﺍﻣﺎﺕ ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻃﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻧﺎﺑﻮﺩ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻓﻴﺰﻳﮑﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺍﺯ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻓﺸﺎی ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺷﺨﺼﻲ ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﺠﻤﻮﻉ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻓﺮﻣﺖ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﻤﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺪﺍﺭ ﻣﺸﺨﺺ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﻤﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ‪/‬ﺧﻮﺍﻧﺪﻥ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ‬
‫ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﺘﻮﺍﻟﯽ ﮐﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻗﺎﻟﺐ ﺳﻄﺢ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ‬
‫)ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺑﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎً ﺍﺑﺘﺪﺍ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻤﯽ )ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ( ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻛﺎﻣ ً‬
‫ﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ )ﮐﻤﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻤﯽ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ‪ AF‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ً‬
‫)ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ(‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﻗﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺪﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﻳﺎ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ؟‬
‫• ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﻔﺎﻭﺕ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﻃﻮﻝ ﺻﺪﺍی‬
‫ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻧﻴﺰ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺨﻮﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺭ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ‪ ،‬ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١٩‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﺍﺯ ﺁﻧﺠﺎ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﺪ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺍﺟﺎﺯﻩ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻘﻂ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺯﻭﻡ‬
‫‪۴‬‬
‫‪٢٠‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ ON/OFF‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺁﻏﺎﺯﻳﻦ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ A‬ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪ ،‬ﺻﺪﺍی ﻣﻼﻳﻤﯽ‬
‫ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﻴﮑﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﻟﺮﺯﺷﮕﻴﺮ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺎﻻ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻮﺍﺭﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺎﻩ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﺩﺭ ﻃﺮﻓﻴﻦ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ ﻫﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻧﺨﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪) i‬ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ(‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ‬
‫ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺩﻫﺪ‪ .‬ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ‪) j‬ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﺪ(‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ‪) .‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﺯﻭﻡ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﻫﻨﺪﻩ ﻭﺿﻌﻴﺖ ﺯﻭﻡ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪(.‬‬
‫ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ‪ AF‬ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺑﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ‪ ١‬ﻧﻘﻄﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻨﺪﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ‪ AF‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ‪AF‬‬
‫‪۵‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍی ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﮐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻓﻼﺵ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ٢‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻋﮑﺴﯽ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻟﻤﺲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی )ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ(‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺁﺳﺎﻥ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺎ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺁﻥ ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺯﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻗﺎﺏ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺭﻧﮕﯽ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺑﻄﻮﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺪﺍﻭﻡ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ )‪.(Servo AF‬‬
‫‪٢١‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺮﻣﯽ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﺪ ﻭ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺒﺪﻳﻞ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﻪ‬
‫• ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﺮﻳﻖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ H‬ﺳﭙﺲ ‪ n‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺠﺎﻡ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ]ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ[‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺯﺑﺎﻧﻪ ‪ 4‬ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺘﯽ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﮐﻪ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ^ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺩﻭﻡ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ )‪ AF‬ﻟﻤﺴﯽ(‬
‫‪ ،‬ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫(‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﻏﻴﺮﻓﻌﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ )‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺩﺭ ﺟﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﺣﻔﻆ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ‬
‫ً‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﻼ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ )‪ .(Servo AF‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‪ ،‬ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻣﻮﺍﺭﺩ ﺯﻳﺮ ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻭ ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﺍﻧﺘﻈﺎﺭ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﻣﻄﺎﺑﻘﺖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺘﺎﻳﺞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩﻧﻈﺮ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ‬
‫‪ G‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻤﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮔﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻭی ﭼﻬﺮﻩ ﻳﺎ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﻋﻨﻮﺍﻥ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍﺻﻠﯽ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻭی ﭼﻬﺮﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻩ ﺧﺎﺻﯽ‪ ،‬ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻫﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺍﻳﻦ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎی ﺧﺎﮐﺴﺘﺮی ﺭﻧﮓ ﻧﺎﭘﺪﻳﺪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻨﻬﺎ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺳﻔﻴﺪ ﺭﻧﮓ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﮐﺎﺩﺭی ﺭﻭی ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ ﭼﻪ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﮐﺎﺩﺭﻫﺎ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺲ ﺯﻣﻴﻨﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺍﻳﻦ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ G‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻣﺘﺤﺎﻥ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٢‬‬
‫ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ )‪(Smart Auto‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻳﮏ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﺘﺤﺮک ﺷﻨﺎﺳﺎﻳﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻳﮏ ﮐﺎﺩﺭ ﺁﺑﯽ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ؛ ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﻭ ﻧﻮﺭﺩﻫﯽ ﻣﺮﺗﺒﺎً‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ )‪.(Servo AF‬‬
‫ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺯﻥ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺳﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﻪ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﮑﺎﻥ ﻧﺨﻮﺭﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺗﺎﺭ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﺪﻥ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺗﺎﺭﻳﮏ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺧﺎﺭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﺑﺮﺩ ﻓﻼﺵ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺩ ﻣﺆﺛﺮ ﻓﻼﺵ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ٣٠‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣٫١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ‬
‫ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﺪ )‪ ،(j‬ﻭ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ﺑﻴﻦ ‪ ١٫٠‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ١٫٧‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ )‪ (i‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺧﻴﻠﯽ ﻧﺰﺩﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺯﺍﻭﻳﻪ ﻭﺍﻳﺪ )‪ (j‬ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﺳﺎﻧﺘﯽ ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻠﻪ ﻓﻮﺗﻮ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺣﺪﻭﺩ‬
‫‪ ١‬ﻣﺘﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺩﻭﺭ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ )‪.(i‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﻧﻮﺭ ﮐﻢ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﭼﺮﺍﻍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﺎﻫﺶ ﻗﺮﻣﺰی ﭼﺸﻢ ﻭ ﮐﻤﮏ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻣﯽ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ‪ h‬ﭼﺸﻤﮏ ﺑﺰﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻪ ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﮐﺮﺩ؟‬
‫ﻓﻼﺵ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ .‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺷﺎﺭژ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﺭﺳﻴﺪ ﻋﮑﺴﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎﻳﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ IS‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ”ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ“ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﻭ ”ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪) “IS‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ( ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٣‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﭼﭗ ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺍﻧﮕﺸﺖ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍﺯ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻪ ﭼﭗ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﭼﭗ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ١‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ‬
‫ﭼﭗ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ q ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﻣﻌﮑﻮﺱ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﺗﺎ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻟﺒﻪ ﺭﺍﺳﺖ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ )ﺩﺍﺧﻞ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ‪ ٢‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ‬
‫ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ( ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ r ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ‬
‫ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻥ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺪﻳﻤﯽ ﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺎ ﺟﺪﻳﺪﺗﺮﻳﻦ ﻋﮑﺲ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ‪ qr‬ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺳﺮﻳﻊ ﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻨﺪ‪ ،‬ﺍﻣﺎ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﯽ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﮔﺬﺷﺖ ﺣﺪﻭﺩ ‪ ١‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ‪ ،‬ﻟﻨﺰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻟﻨﺰ ﺟﻤﻊ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ﺷﺎﺗﺮ ﺗﺎ ﻧﻴﻤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢۴‬‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻓﻌﺎﻝ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮی ﺩﺭﺣﺎﻝ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺍﺳﺖ‪ ،‬ﺑﺎ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﺁﻫﺴﺘﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻫﻤﺎﻥ ﻃﻮﺭ ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﺯﻳﺮ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ‪،‬‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺪی ﻣﯽ ﺭﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺮﺍی ﺟﻠﻮﮔﻴﺮی ﺍﺯ ﺍﻓﺘﺎﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺣﺘﻤﺎ ﺑﻨﺪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺭ ﻣﭻ ﺧﻮﺩ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺭﻭﺷﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺭﻭی ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺿﺮﺑﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻋﻮﺽ ﻧﺸﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻗﺒﻠﯽ‬
‫ﺭﻓﺘﻦ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﻌﺪی‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﻋﻮﺽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ q ،(٢۴‬ﺩﺭ ﺳﻤﺖ ﭼﭗ‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺗﯽ ﮐﻪ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﮐﺞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺮﻋﺖ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﯽ ﮐﻪ ‪r‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻧﮕﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺍﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺨﺎﻟﻒ ﮐﺞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺑﺎ ﮐﺸﻴﺪﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎ ﻟﻤﺲ ﻭ ﻧﮕﻬﺪﺍﺷﺘﻦ ‪ q‬ﻳﺎ ‪ r‬ﺑﻴﻦ ﺁﻧﻬﺎ ﺟﺎﺑﺠﺎ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ‬
‫ﻣﺮﻏﻮﺑﯽ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢۵‬‬
‫ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻳﮑﯽ ﻳﮑﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻟﻄﻔﺎً ﺗﻮﺟﻪ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ ﮐﻪ ﺍﻣﮑﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﺯﻳﺎﺑﯽ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﭘﺎک ﺷﺪﻩ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺪﺍﺭﺩ‪ .‬ﭘﻴﺶ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ‪ ،‬ﺩﻗﺖ ﮐﺎﻓﯽ ﺭﺍ ﻣﺒﺬﻭﻝ ﺩﺍﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺁﺧﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﻟﻤﺲ ‪ ،H‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ‬
‫‪ a‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﻣﻨﻮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ]ﭘﺎک ﺷﻮﺩ؟[ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪،‬‬
‫]ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﭘﺎک ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺮﻭﺝ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎک ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪] ،‬ﻟﻐﻮ[ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻤﭽﻨﻴﻦ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﻫﺎی ﻟﻤﺴﯽ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺎک ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫‪٢۶‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺗﻌﻴﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﻧﻤﻮﺩ ﻭ ﺑﻬﺘﺮﻳﻦ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ‬
‫ﻧﻈﺮ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﺪ‪ .‬ﺻﺪﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﺮﻳﻮ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﻃﻮﻻﻧﯽ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮔﺮﻡ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﻳﻦ ﻧﻘﺺ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﺤﺴﻮﺏ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺑﺎﻗﯽ ﻣﺎﻧﺪﻩ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ‪ A‬ﺷﻮﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ‪ ١‬ﺗﺎ ‪ ٣‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ ٢٠‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺭﺳﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺑﻪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺁﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﻗﺴﻤﺖ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻳﮏ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻭ‬
‫]ﺿﺒﻂ [ ﻭ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻮﮐﻮﺱ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭﺷﻨﺎﻳﯽ ﻭ ﺭﻧﮓ ﻣﺎﻳﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﺳﭙﺮی ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ ﺩﺳﺖ ﻧﺰﻧﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻦ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺭﻭی ﻣﻴﮑﺮﻭﻓﻮﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﻳﺪ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍی ﺿﺒﻂ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﺳﺨﺘﯽ ﺷﻨﻴﺪﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﮐﺎﺭ ﻧﮑﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺎ ﻏﻴﺮ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﮐﺮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺿﺒﻂ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﺑﻮﻕ ﻣﯽ ﺯﻧﺪ ﻭ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺭﺍ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﮐﻨﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﭘﺮ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﺧﻮﺩﮐﺎﺭ‬
‫ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٧‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺯﻭﻡ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮﺑﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫ﺣﺮﮐﺖ ﺩﺍﺩﻥ ﺍﻫﺮﻡ ﺯﻭﻡ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‪ ،‬ﻣﻮﺟﺐ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﻳﺎ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﻨﻤﺎﻳﯽ ﺳﻮژﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‪،‬‬
‫ﺻﺪﺍﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﺭ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‪ ،‬ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻠﻴﺪ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭی ‪ A‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﺗﺸﺨﻴﺺ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﻫﺮ ﺣﺎﻝ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩﻫﺎی ”ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺣﺮﮐﺖ“ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﻤﯽ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪ .‬ﺩﺭ ﺷﺮﺍﻳﻂ‬
‫ﺧﺎﺻﯽ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩی ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﺎ ﺻﺤﻨﻪ ﻭﺍﻗﻌﯽ ﺗﻄﺎﺑﻖ ﻧﺪﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‬
‫• ﺍﮔﺮ ﺗﺮﮐﻴﺐ ﺑﻨﺪی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺗﻐﻴﻴﺮ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﻭ ﺗﻌﺎﺩﻝ ﺳﻔﻴﺪی ﺑﻬﻴﻨﻪ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺗﺎ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺿﺒﻂ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﺷﺮﻭﻉ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ )ﻓﻘﻂ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻴﻔﻴﺖ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﮔﺬﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺖ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ((‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﮐﺮﺩ )ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ‬
‫• ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺳﻮﻳﻴﭻ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﺭﻭی ‪ 4‬ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻥ ﺑﺎ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ(‪.‬‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫‪ ١۶‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ۵٩‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ ۴٠‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫‪ ۴‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‬
‫ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ١۴‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ‪ ٣۴‬ﺛﺎﻧﻴﻪ‬
‫ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی‬
‫• ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﺒﺮﺩﺍﺭی ﺑﺮ ﺍﺳﺎﺱ ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﭘﻴﺶ ﻓﺮﺽ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺗﻘﺮﻳﺒﺎً ‪ ١٠‬ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﺍﺳﺖ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺿﺒﻂ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺣﺘﯽ ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﺍﺯ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ﻣﺪﺕ ﺯﻣﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻌﻪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻧﺮﺳﻴﺪﻩ ﺑﺎﺷﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ‪ SD Speed Class 6‬ﻳﺎ ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﻫﺎی ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺑﺎ ﻇﺮﻓﻴﺖ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ ﺗﻮﺻﻴﻪ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٨‬‬
‫ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﺭﺩ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺷﻮﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻳﮏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺟﻬﺖ ﭘﺨﺶ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﭘﺨﺶ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻢ ﺻﺪﺍ‪ ،‬ﺩﺭ ﻃﯽ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺑﺎﻻ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺑﮑﺸﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻣﺘﻮﻗﻒ ﻣﯽ‬
‫ﺷﻮﺩ ﻭ ﭘﺎﻧﻞ ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی‬
‫ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎی ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﺍ ﻟﻤﺲ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‪،‬‬
‫ﭼﻄﻮﺭ ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻢ ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻢ؟‬
‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٣١‬ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫• ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺗﻤﺎﺷﺎ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺑﻌﻀﯽ ﻓﺮﻳﻢ ﻫﺎ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ‬
‫ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻧﺸﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﭘﺨﺶ ﺭﻭﺍﻥ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺻﺪﺍ ﻧﺎﮔﻬﺎﻥ ﻗﻄﻊ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ .‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺮﺍی ﮐﭙﯽ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﺭﺕ ﺣﺎﻓﻈﻪ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﭘﺨﺶ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺗﻠﻮﻳﺰﻳﻮﻥ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢٩‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ‪ ،‬ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻝ ﺣﺎﺿﺮ ﺍﺯ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﺎ ﻳﮏ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻳﺠﻴﺘﺎﻝ ﮐﻢ ﺣﺠﻢ‬
‫ﺩﻳﮕﺮ ﺑﺎ ﻣﺎﺭک ‪ Canon‬ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﺍﺯ ‪ CD-ROM‬ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺗﺎ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻮﻧﯽ ﺷﻤﺎ ﺭﻭﻧﻮﻳﺴﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﻴﺎﺯﻣﻨﺪی ﻫﺎی ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ‬
‫‪Windows‬‬
‫‪) Windows 7‬ﺑﺎ ‪(SP1‬‬
‫‪Windows Vista SP2‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫‪Windows XP SP3‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١٫٣ Pentium‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢٫۶ Core2 Duo ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﭘﯽ ﻳﻮ )‪(CPU‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪ ۶۴) Windows 7‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‪ ٢ :‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ٣٢) Windows 7‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‪ ۶۴) Windows Vista ،‬ﺑﻴﺖ‪ ٣٢ ،‬ﺑﻴﺖ(‪ ١ :‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫ﺭﻡ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫)ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪ ۵١٢ :Windows XP‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻫﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ‪ ۴٢٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ*‬
‫‪ ٧۶٨ × ١,٠٢۴‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫* ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ Microsoft .NET Framework 3.0 ،Windows XP‬ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﺣﺪﺍﮐﺜﺮ ‪ ۵٠٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ( ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻗﺎﺑﻠﻴﺖ ﻫﺎی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻤﯽ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪Macintosh‬‬
‫)‪Mac OS X (v10.5 – v10.6‬‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ‬
‫ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻓﻮﻕ ﺑﺎﻳﺪ ﺭﻭی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺭﺍی ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ﻫﺎی ﺩﺍﺧﻠﯽ ‪ USB‬ﺍﺯ ﻗﺒﻞ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺷﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻣﺪﻝ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪) Intel Processor‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢٫۶ Core 2 Duo ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﻫﺮﺗﺰ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻤﻬﺎ(‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﭘﯽ ﻳﻮ )‪(CPU‬‬
‫‪ ١ :Mac OS X v10.6‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫ﺭﻡ )‪(RAM‬‬
‫‪ ۵١٢ :Mac OS X v10.5‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺛﺎﺑﺖ(‪ ٢ ،‬ﮔﻴﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ )ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ(‬
‫‪USB‬‬
‫ﺭﺍﺑﻂ‬
‫ﻓﻀﺎی ﺧﺎﻟﯽ ﻫﺎﺭﺩ ﺩﻳﺴﮏ ‪ ۴٨٠‬ﻣﮕﺎﺑﺎﻳﺖ ﻳﺎ ﺑﻴﺸﺘﺮ‬
‫‪ ٧۶٨ × ١,٠٢۴‬ﭘﻴﮑﺴﻞ ﻳﺎ ﺑﺎﻻﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺸﮕﺮ‬
‫‪٣٠‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ‬
‫‪ Windows Vista‬ﻭ )‪ Mac OS X (v10.5‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻳﻦ ﺗﻮﺿﻴﺤﺎﺕ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺍﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺳﯽ ﺩی ‪DIGITAL CAMERA‬‬
‫‪) (Solution Disk‬ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺩﺭﺍﻳﻮ ﺳﯽ ﺩی‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺩﺭ ﻳﮏ ‪ Macintosh‬ﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺑﮕﻴﺮﺩ‪ ،‬ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﻭی ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﺩ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺑﺎﺯ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﻭﻗﺘﯽ‬
‫ﻇﺎﻫﺮ‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﺭﺍ ﻧﺼﺐ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﺭﻭی ]‪/Easy Installation‬ﻧﺼﺐ ﺁﺳﺎﻥ[‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺩﺭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺭﻭی ]‪/Install‬ﻧﺼﺐ[‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﻧﺼﺐ ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎﻱ ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺭﺍ ﺩﻧﺒﺎﻝ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﭘﻨﺠﺮﻩ ]‪/User Account Control‬ﮐﻨﺘﺮﻝ ﺣﺴﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ[ ﺩﺭ ‪ Windows‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﺩﺍﻣﻪ ﺍﺯ‬
‫ﺩﺳﺘﻮﺭﺍﻟﻌﻤﻞ ﻫﺎی ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﺭﺍ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی‬
‫]‪/Restart‬ﺭﺍﻩ ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯی ﻣﺠﺪﺩ[ ﻳﺎ ]‪/Finish‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﯽ ﺩی ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ]‪/Finish‬ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ[ ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻥ‬
‫ﻧﺼﺐ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﺳﻲ ﺩﻱ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻴﺮﻭﻥ‬
‫ﺑﻴﺎﻭﺭﻳﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣١‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﻭ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫‪١‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭﭘﻮﺵ ﺭﺍ ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﻓﻴﺶ ﮐﻮﭼﮑﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ‬
‫ﺷﺪﻩ )ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ‪ (٢‬ﺭﺍ ﺩﺭ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻃﻮﺭ ﻣﺤﮑﻢ‬
‫ﺑﻪ ﭘﺎﻳﺎﻧﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻓﻴﺶ ﺑﺰﺭﮔﺘﺮ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍﺑﻂ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ ‪ USB‬ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﻭﺻﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﺑﺮﺍی ﺁﮔﺎﻫﯽ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﺩﺭﮔﺎﻩ‬
‫‪ USB‬ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﮐﺎﺭﺑﺮ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺑﻪ ﻫﻤﺮﺍﻩ‬
‫ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٢‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺑﺎﺯ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﻭﺷﻦ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Windows‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ]‪Downloads Images‬‬
‫‪From Canon Camera using Canon‬‬
‫‪/CameraWindow‬ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪[Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ ﺭﻭی ﺁﻥ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪،‬‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﺭ ‪ ،Macintosh‬ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﻴﻦ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻭ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‬
‫ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ ﺑﺮﻗﺮﺍﺭ ﺷﺪ‪ CameraWindow ،‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪CameraWindow‬‬
‫‪٣٢‬‬
‫‪٣‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی ]‪/Import Images from Camera‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ[‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪Import Untransferred‬‬
‫‪/Images‬ﺩﺭﻳﺎﻓﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﻧﺸﺪﻩ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪ .‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺗﺮﺗﻴﺐ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺭﻳﺦ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﻫﺎی ﻣﺠﺰﺍ ﺩﺭ ﭘﻮﺷﻪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺫﺧﻴﺮﻩ‬
‫ﺧﻮﺍﻫﻨﺪ ﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺟﻬﺖ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ‬
‫ﻭﻗﺘﯽ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﮐﺎﻣﻞ ﺷﺪ‪ CameraWindow ،‬ﺭﺍ‬
‫ﺑﺒﻨﺪﻳﺪ ﻭ ﺩﮐﻤﻪ ‪ 1‬ﺭﺍ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺧﺎﻣﻮﺵ ﮐﺮﺩﻥ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﻓﺸﺎﺭ‬
‫ﺩﻫﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﺳﭙﺲ ﮐﺎﺑﻞ ﺭﺍ ﺟﺪﺍ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺟﻬﺖ ﺍﻃﻼﻉ ﺍﺯ ﺟﺰﺋﻴﺎﺕ ﻣﺮﺑﻮﻁ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺤﻮﻩ ﻣﺸﺎﻫﺪﻩ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ‬
‫ﺑﺎ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺑﻪ ﺭﺍﻫﻨﻤﺎی ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﺮﺍﺟﻌﻪ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫•‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ Windows‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ CameraWindow ٢‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﻣﻨﻮی‬
‫]‪/Start‬ﺷﺮﻭﻉ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﻭ ]‪/All Programs‬ﺗﻤﺎﻡ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻫﺎ[‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺳﭙﺲ ]‪،[Canon Utilities‬‬
‫]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﻭ ]‪ [CameraWindow‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺍﮔﺮ ﺩﺭ ‪ Macintosh‬ﺣﺘﯽ ﭘﺲ ﺍﺯ ﭘﻴﺮﻭی ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺣﻠﻪ ‪ CameraWindow ٢‬ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻧﺸﺪ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬
‫‪ CameraWindow‬ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ‪) Dock‬ﻧﻮﺍﺭی ﮐﻪ ﺩﺭ ﭘﺎﻳﻴﻦ ﺩﺳﮑﺘﺎپ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ(‪ ،‬ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ‪ ،Windows 7‬ﺍﺯ ﻣﺮﺍﺣﻞ ﺯﻳﺮ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﻧﻤﺎﻳﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ‪ CameraWindow‬ﻧﻤﺎﻳﺶ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﻭﺍﻗﻊ ﺩﺭ ﻧﻮﺍﺭ ﻭﻇﻴﻔﻪ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ١‬ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺑﺮﻧﺎﻣﻪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﺷﻮﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‪ ٢‬ﺩﺭ ﺻﻔﺤﻪ ﺍی ﮐﻪ ﻇﺎﻫﺮ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‪ ،‬ﺭﻭی ﭘﻴﻮﻧﺪ‬
‫]‪/Downloads Images From Canon Camera using Canon CameraWindow‬‬
‫ﺑﺎﺭﮔﻴﺮی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ‪ Canon‬ﺑﺎ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ‪ [Canon CameraWindow‬ﺭﺍ ﺍﻧﺘﺨﺎﺏ‬
‫ﮐﺮﺩﻩ ﻭ ﺭﻭی ]‪/OK‬ﺗﺄﻳﻴﺪ[ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺩﻭ ﺑﺎﺭ ﮐﻠﻴﮏ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺭﻭی‬
‫ﻣﯽ ﺗﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺑﺪﻭﻥ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ ﺍﺯ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﻮﻳﺮ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ‪ ،‬ﻓﻘﻂ ﺑﺎ ﺍﺗﺼﺎﻝ‬
‫ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺧﻮﺩ ﺑﻪ ﻳﮏ ﻛﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ‪ ،‬ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ .‬ﻭﻟﯽ ﻣﺤﺪﻭﺩﻳﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺯﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‬‫‪-‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﺍﺯ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻣﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ ﺭﺍ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﻭﺻﻞ ﻣﯽ ﮐﻨﻴﺪ ﺗﺎ ﺯﻣﺎﻧﯽ ﮐﻪ ﺑﺘﻮﺍﻧﻴﺪ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺭﺍ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ‬
‫ﮐﻨﻴﺪ‪ ،‬ﭼﻨﺪ ﺩﻗﻴﻘﻪ ﻃﻮﻝ ﺑﮑﺸﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻋﮑﺲ ﻫﺎی ﮔﺮﻓﺘﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺩﺭ ﺣﺎﻟﺖ ﻋﻤﻮﺩی ﺑﻪ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺍﻓﻘﯽ ﻣﻨﺘﻘﻞ ﺷﻮﻧﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺗﻨﻈﻴﻤﺎﺕ ﻣﺤﺎﻓﻈﺘﯽ ﺑﺮﺍی ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻫﻨﮕﺎﻡ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺑﻪ ﮐﺎﻣﭙﻴﻮﺗﺮ ﺍﺯ ﺩﺳﺖ ﺑﺮﻭﺩ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺴﺘﻪ ﺑﻪ ﻧﺴﺨﻪ ﺳﻴﺴﺘﻢ ﻋﺎﻣﻞ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﺍﻧﺪﺍﺯﻩ ﻓﺎﻳﻞ‪ ،‬ﻳﺎ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻣﻮﺭﺩ ﺍﺳﺘﻔﺎﺩﻩ‪ ،‬ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﺸﮑﻼﺗﯽ‬
‫ﺑﺮﺍی ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺩﺭﺳﺖ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻳﺎ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﺎﺕ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺷﺘﻪ ﺑﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫ﺑﺮﺧﯽ ﻋﻤﻠﮑﺮﺩﻫﺎی ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺭ ﻧﺮﻡ ﺍﻓﺰﺍﺭ ﻋﺮﺿﻪ ﺷﺪﻩ ﻣﺎﻧﻨﺪ ﻭﻳﺮﺍﻳﺶ ﻓﻴﻠﻢ ﻫﺎ‪ ،‬ﻭ ﺍﻧﺘﻘﺎﻝ ﺗﺼﺎﻭﻳﺮ ﺑﻪ ﺩﻭﺭﺑﻴﻦ‬
‫ﻣﻤﮑﻦ ﺍﺳﺖ ﻣﻮﺟﻮﺩ ﻧﺒﺎﺷﺪ‪.‬‬
‫‪٣٣‬‬
‫ﺍﺣﺘﻴﺎﻁ‬
‫ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﻫﺎی ﻣﺼﺮﻑ ﺷﺪﻩ ﺭﺍ ﻃﺒﻖ ﻗﻮﺍﻧﻴﻦ ﻣﺤﻠﯽ‬.‫ ﺧﻄﺮ ﺍﻧﻔﺠﺎﺭ ﻭﺟﻮﺩ ﺩﺍﺭﺩ‬،‫ﺩﺭ ﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﺗﻌﻮﻳﺾ ﺑﺎﺗﺮی ﺑﺎ ﻧﻮﻉ ﻧﺎﻣﻨﺎﺳﺐ ﺁﻥ‬
.‫ﺩﻭﺭ ﺑﻴﻨﺪﺍﺯﻳﺪ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺪﻳﻖ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی‬
.‫ ﺍﺳﺖ‬SD-3C, LLC. ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی‬SDXC ‫ﺁﺭﻡ‬
.‫ ﺍﺳﺖ‬Microsoft ‫ ﺗﺤﺖ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ‬exFAT ‫ﺍﻳﻦ ﺩﺳﺘﮕﺎﻩ ﺣﺎﻭی ﻓﻨﺎﻭﺭی‬
‫ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﻳﺎ ﻋﻼﺋﻢ ﺗﺠﺎﺭی ﺛﺒﺖ‬High-Definition Multimedia Interface ‫ ﻭ‬HDMI ‫ﺁﺭﻡ‬
.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬HDMI Licensing LLC. ‫ﺷﺪﻩ‬
.‫ ﻫﺴﺘﻨﺪ‬Apple Inc. ‫ ﻋﻼﻣﺖ ﻫﺎی ﺗﺠﺎﺭی‬iFrame ‫ ﻭ ﻧﻤﺎﺩ‬iFrame ‫ﺁﺭﻡ‬
•
•
•
•
MPEG-4 ‫ﺩﺭﺑﺎﺭﻩ ﻣﺠﻮﺯ‬
This product is licensed under AT&T patents for the MPEG-4 standard
and may be used for encoding MPEG-4 compliant video and/or decoding
MPEG-4 compliant video that was encoded only (1) for a personal and
noncommercial purpose or (2) by a video provider licensed under the AT&T
patents to provide MPEG-4 compliant video.
No license is granted or implied for any other use for MPEG-4 standard.
.‫* ﺩﺭﺻﻮﺭﺕ ﻧﻴﺎﺯ ﺍﻃﻼﻋﻴﻪ ﺑﻪ ﺍﻧﮕﻠﻴﺴﯽ ﻧﺸﺎﻥ ﺩﺍﺩﻩ ﻣﯽ ﺷﻮﺩ‬
٣۴
‫ﻃﺒﻊ ﻓﻰ ﺍﻻﺗﺤﺎﺩ ﺍﻻﻭﺭﺑﻰ ‪ /‬ﭼﺎپ ﺍﺗﺤﺎﺩﻳﻪ ﺍﺭﻭﭘﺎ‬
‫‪© CANON INC. 2011‬‬
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertising